• +91-9907252100
  • [email protected]
Kalinga Plus Kalinga Plus
IELTS Learning Platform
Blog
  • Home
  • Up to XII Students
    • Decide Stream For XI & XII
    • Career Options
    • Entrance Preparation
    • Sample Papers
    • Entrance Exams after 12th
    • International Entrance Exams To Study Abroad
    • Foreign University Comparison
    • Apply to Foreign Universities
    • General Preparation For Students Going To Study Abroad
    • Write A Report
    • Write an Article
    • Write An Essay
    • Important Dates
  • UG & PG
    • Job Profiles (Science)
      • Job Profiles (Science)
      • Job Profiles (Arts & Humanities)
      • Job Profiles (Commerce)
      • Entrepreneurship
      • Case Studies
      • Govt. Job Notifications
      • List of Job Portals
      • Important Dates
      • Entrance Exams After Graduation
    • Individuality and Team Work
      • Be Market Ready
      • Individuality and Team Work
      • Write a Synopsis
      • Write a Thesis
      • Prepare An Effective Resume
      • Prepare For An Interview
      • Dress Up for an Interview
      • List of Statutory Bodies
  • Tech Tips
    • Menu Item
      • Smartphone
      • Useful Apps
      • Brain Teaser Apps
      • Social Media
      • Online Games & Puzzle Activities
      • Pinterest Tips & Tricks
      • Tumblr Tips & Tricks
      • Twitter Tips & Tricks
    • Menu Item
      • Facebook Tips & Tricks
      • Instagram Tips & Tricks
      • LinkedIn Tips & Tricks
      • Snapchat Tips & Tricks
      • Reddit Tips & Tips
      • Meetup Tips & Tricks
      • OTT Platform
      • Tech Tips Videos
  • Mock Test
    • JEE
    • NEET
    • UG-CLAT
    • UGC-NET
    • LSAT
    • CAT
    • IELTS
    • TOEFL
    • GATE
    • GRE
    • MAT
    • NDA
    • SAT
    • General Aptitude Question Bank
    • English Communication Question Bank
    • Quantative Aptitude Question Bank
    • Logical Reasoning Question Bank
  • GROOMING
    • Personality Development
    • Personal Grooming
    • Be Successful
    • Improve Your Vocabulary
    • Improve English
    • Benefits of Acting skills
    • Benefits Of Music Skills
    • Benefits Of Art Skills
    • Benefits of Sports Skills
    • Effective Presentation
    • Email Etiquette
    • Manners And Etiquette
  • HOBBIES
    • Traveling
    • Adventure
    • Reading
    • Arts And Craft
    • Swimming
    • Cycling
    • Coding
    • Dancing
    • Baking
    • Gardening
    • Drawing
    • Public Speaking
  • K PLUS
    • Young Achievers
    • Be Assertive
    • Behavior
    • Career in Researh
    • Scholarships For Indian Students
    • Cope with Failure
    • Stay Motivated & Keep Moving Ahead
    • Sportsmanship
    • Debate Writing
    • Public Speaking
  • Working Professional
    • Basic Departments & Functions in a Business Corporate
    • Be Humble
    • Handle Competition At The Workplace
    • Handle Workplace Politics
    • Demonstrate Integrity
    • Start-up
    • Search for Your Dream Job
    • Follow Your Passion
    • Impress Others
  • OTHERS
    • Leisure Activities
    • Board Games
    • Fun Facts and Trivia
    • Quotes & Messages
    • Inspirational Stories
    • Fun and Interesting Facts About India
    • Historic Places In India
    • Historic Places In World
    • Jargons
    • Stress Busters
    • Top Schools in India
    • Education Abbreviations
    • Academic Vocabulary
    • Creative Corner
    • K Plus Sponsorship
SAT-1
Home Quiz Quizzes & Surveys SAT-1

SAT-1

Thanks For Submitting Your Details. You Can Start Your Test Now!!

Name
Mobile No
Email Id
City
State
Country
Course
1. Some fans feel that sports events are ------- only when the competitors are of equal ability, making the outcome of the game -------.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

Alfred Schnittke’s musical compositions are -------: phrases are clipped, broken into sections, and split apart by long rests.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

3. The consumer advocate claimed that while drug manufacturers ------- the supposed advantages of their proprietary brands, generic versions of the same medications are often equally -------.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

4. Latoya’s ------- is shown by her ability to be -------: she can see her own faults more clearly than anyone else can.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

5. The bearded dragon lizard is a voracious eater, so ------- that it will consume as many insects as possible.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

6. Because drummer Tony Williams paved the way for later jazz-fusion musicians, he is considered a ------- of that style.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

7. The politician’s speech to the crowd was composed of nothing but -------, a bitter railing against the party’s opponents.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

8. Favoring economy of expression in writing, the professor urged students toward a ------- rather than an ------- prose style.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

9. Which of the following statements best captures the relationship between the two passages?

Passage 1
Food has always been considered one of the most salient
markers of cultural traditions. When I was a small child,
food was the only thing that helped identify my family as
Filipino American. We ate pansit lug-lug (a noodle dish)
and my father put patis (salty fish sauce) 5 on everything.
However, even this connection lessened as I grew older.
As my parents became more acculturated, we ate less
typically Filipino food. When I was twelve, my mother
took cooking classes and learned to make French and
10 Italian dishes. When I was in high school, we ate chicken
marsala and shrimp fra diablo more often than Filipino
dishes like pansit lug-lug.
Passage 2
Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin—who in 1825 confidently
announced, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell
15 you who you are”—would have no trouble describing
cultural identities of the United States. Our food reveals
us as tolerant adventurers who do not feel constrained
by tradition. We “play with our food” far more readily
than we preserve the culinary rules of our varied ancestors.
20 Americans have no single national cuisine. What unites
American eaters culturally is how we eat, not what we
eat. As eaters, Americans mingle the culinary traditions
of many regions and cultures. We are multiethnic eaters.

10. The author of Passage 2 would most likely regard the mother’s willingness to “make French and Italian dishes” (lines 9-10, Passage 1) as

Passage 1
Food has always been considered one of the most salient
markers of cultural traditions. When I was a small child,
food was the only thing that helped identify my family as
Filipino American. We ate pansit lug-lug (a noodle dish)
and my father put patis (salty fish sauce) 5 on everything.
However, even this connection lessened as I grew older.
As my parents became more acculturated, we ate less
typically Filipino food. When I was twelve, my mother
took cooking classes and learned to make French and
10 Italian dishes. When I was in high school, we ate chicken
marsala and shrimp fra diablo more often than Filipino
dishes like pansit lug-lug.
Passage 2
Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin—who in 1825 confidently
announced, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell
15 you who you are”—would have no trouble describing
cultural identities of the United States. Our food reveals
us as tolerant adventurers who do not feel constrained
by tradition. We “play with our food” far more readily
than we preserve the culinary rules of our varied ancestors.
20 Americans have no single national cuisine. What unites
American eaters culturally is how we eat, not what we
eat. As eaters, Americans mingle the culinary traditions
of many regions and cultures. We are multiethnic eaters.

11. The two passages differ in their discussions of food primarily in that Passage 1

Passage 1
Food has always been considered one of the most salient
markers of cultural traditions. When I was a small child,
food was the only thing that helped identify my family as
Filipino American. We ate pansit lug-lug (a noodle dish)
and my father put patis (salty fish sauce) 5 on everything.
However, even this connection lessened as I grew older.
As my parents became more acculturated, we ate less
typically Filipino food. When I was twelve, my mother
took cooking classes and learned to make French and
10 Italian dishes. When I was in high school, we ate chicken
marsala and shrimp fra diablo more often than Filipino
dishes like pansit lug-lug.
Passage 2
Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin—who in 1825 confidently
announced, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell
15 you who you are”—would have no trouble describing
cultural identities of the United States. Our food reveals
us as tolerant adventurers who do not feel constrained
by tradition. We “play with our food” far more readily
than we preserve the culinary rules of our varied ancestors.
20 Americans have no single national cuisine. What unites
American eaters culturally is how we eat, not what we
eat. As eaters, Americans mingle the culinary traditions
of many regions and cultures. We are multiethnic eaters.

12. Unlike the author of Passage 2, the author of Passage 1 makes significant use of

Passage 1
Food has always been considered one of the most salient
markers of cultural traditions. When I was a small child,
food was the only thing that helped identify my family as
Filipino American. We ate pansit lug-lug (a noodle dish)
and my father put patis (salty fish sauce) 5 on everything.
However, even this connection lessened as I grew older.
As my parents became more acculturated, we ate less
typically Filipino food. When I was twelve, my mother
took cooking classes and learned to make French and
10 Italian dishes. When I was in high school, we ate chicken
marsala and shrimp fra diablo more often than Filipino
dishes like pansit lug-lug.
Passage 2
Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin—who in 1825 confidently
announced, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell
15 you who you are”—would have no trouble describing
cultural identities of the United States. Our food reveals
us as tolerant adventurers who do not feel constrained
by tradition. We “play with our food” far more readily
than we preserve the culinary rules of our varied ancestors.
20 Americans have no single national cuisine. What unites
American eaters culturally is how we eat, not what we
eat. As eaters, Americans mingle the culinary traditions
of many regions and cultures. We are multiethnic eaters.

13. Which statement about the Fermi Paradox is supported by both passages?

Passage 1
Food has always been considered one of the most salient
markers of cultural traditions. When I was a small child,
food was the only thing that helped identify my family as
Filipino American. We ate pansit lug-lug (a noodle dish)
and my father put patis (salty fish sauce) 5 on everything.
However, even this connection lessened as I grew older.
As my parents became more acculturated, we ate less
typically Filipino food. When I was twelve, my mother
took cooking classes and learned to make French and
10 Italian dishes. When I was in high school, we ate chicken
marsala and shrimp fra diablo more often than Filipino
dishes like pansit lug-lug.
Passage 2
Jean Anthelme Brillat-Savarin—who in 1825 confidently
announced, “Tell me what you eat, and I will tell
15 you who you are”—would have no trouble describing
cultural identities of the United States. Our food reveals
us as tolerant adventurers who do not feel constrained
by tradition. We “play with our food” far more readily
than we preserve the culinary rules of our varied ancestors.
20 Americans have no single national cuisine. What unites
American eaters culturally is how we eat, not what we
eat. As eaters, Americans mingle the culinary traditions
of many regions and cultures. We are multiethnic eaters.

14. Which statement best describes a significant difference between the two passages?

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

15. The author of Passage 1 mentions “monsters,” “humanoids,” and “creatures” (lines 2-4) primarily to

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

16. In line 17, “ran” most nearly means

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

17. Passage 1 suggests that the Fermi Paradox depends most directly on which assumption?

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

18. The claim made in Passage 1 that a “consensus” exists (lines 8-11) would most likely be interpreted by the author of Passage 2 as

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

19. The author of Passage 1 mentions Isaac Newton (lines 37-40) in order to

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

20. In lines 44-48, the author of Passage 2 indicates that the Fermi Paradox has been

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

21. How would Frank Drake (line 56, Passage 2) most likely respond to the statement by the author of Passage 1 about humans “colonizing other systems” (line 26) ?

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

22. In line 57, “claims” most nearly means

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

23. In line 63, “radio communication” is cited as a

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

24. Both the author of Passage 1 and Ben Zuckerman (line 73, Passage 2) imply that researchers seeking life on another planet should focus on which of the following?

Passage 1
Generations of science-fiction movies have conditioned
us to consider bug-eyed monsters, large-brained intellectual
humanoids, and other rather sophisticated extraterrestrial
creatures as typical examples of life outside Earth. The
reality, however, is that 5 finding any kind of life at all, even
something as simple as bacteria, would be one of the most
exciting discoveries ever made.
The consensus within the scientific community seems to
be that we eventually will find not only life in other parts of
10 the galaxy but also intelligent and technologically advanced
life. I have to say that I disagree. While I believe we will
find other forms of life in other solar systems (if not in
our own), I also feel it is extremely unlikely that a large
number of advanced technological civilizations are out
15 there, waiting to be discovered. The most succinct support
for my view comes from Nobel laureate physicist
Enrico Fermi, the man who ran the first nuclear reaction
ever controlled by human beings. Confronted at a 1950
luncheon with scientific arguments for the ubiquity of
20 technologically advanced civilizations, he supposedly
said, “So where is everybody?”
This so-called Fermi Paradox embodies a simple logic.
Human beings have had modern science only a few hundred
years, and already we have moved into space. It is not
25 hard to imagine that in a few hundred more years we will
be a starfaring people, colonizing other systems. Fermi’s
argument maintains that it is extremely unlikely that many
other civilizations discovered science at exactly the same
time we did. Had they acquired science even a thousand
30 years earlier than we, they now could be so much more
advanced that they would already be colonizing our solar
system.
If, on the other hand, they are a thousand years behind
us, we will likely arrive at their home planet before they
35 even begin sending us radio signals. Technological
advances build upon each other, increasing technological
abilities faster than most people anticipate. Imagine, for
example, how astounded even a great seventeenth-century
scientist like Isaac Newton would be by our current global
40 communication system, were he alive today. Where are
those highly developed extraterrestrial civilizations so dear
to the hearts of science-fiction writers? Their existence is
far from a foregone conclusion.
Passage 2
Although posed in the most casual of circumstances,
45 the Fermi Paradox has reverberated through the decades
and has at times threatened to destroy the credibility
of those scientists seriously engaged in the Search for
Extraterrestrial Intelligence (SETI) research program.
One possible answer to Fermi’s question (“If there are
50 extraterrestrials, where are they?”) is that extraterrestrials
have in fact often visited Earth, and continue to do so.
This is the answer of those who believe in the existence
of unidentified flying objects, or UFO’s. But few scientists,
even those engaged in SETI, take the UFO claims
55 seriously. “You won’t find anyone around here who
believes in UFO’s,” says Frank Drake, a well-known
SETI scientist. If one discounts the UFO claims, yet still
believes that there are many technological civilizations in
the galaxy, why have they not visited us? Drake’s answer
60 is straightforward: “High-speed interstellar travel is so
demanding of resources and so hazardous that intelligent
civilizations don’t attempt it.” And why should they
attempt it, when radio communication can supply all
the information they might want?
65 At first glance, Drake’s argument seems very persuasive.
The distances between stars are truly immense.
To get from Earth to the nearest star and back, traveling
at 99 percent of the speed of light, would take 8 years.
And SETI researchers have shown that, to accelerate
70 a spacecraft to such a speed, to bring it to a stop, and
to repeat the process in the reverse direction, would
take almost unimaginable amounts of energy.
Astronomer Ben Zuckerman challenges Drake’s
notion that technological beings would be satisfied with
75 radio communication. “Drake’s implicit assumption is
that the only thing we’re going to care about is intelligent
life. But what if we have an interest in simpler
life-forms? If you turn the picture around and you have
some advanced extraterrestrials looking at the Earth, until
80 the last hundred years there was no evidence of intelligent
life but for billions of years before that they could have
deduced that this was a very unusual world and that there
were probably living creatures on it. They would have had
billions of years to come investigate.” Zuckerman contends
85 that the reason extraterrestrials haven’t visited us is that so
few exist.

25. Black Americans in Flight, a mural honoring several aviation pioneers, also ------- the 1992 spaceflight of astronaut Mae Jemison.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

26 .The new antifungal agent has such ------- uses, from treating Dutch elm disease to rescuing water-damaged works of art from molds, that it is considered one of the more ------- antibiotics.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

27. The child had a tendency toward aggressive behavior, a ------- fighting rather than resolving differences amicably.

28. Physical exercise often has a ------- effect, releasing emotional tension and refreshing the spirit.

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

29. Because rap and hip-hop offer such ------- commentary on contemporary issues, they are often said to be sharp-edged musical genres

Each sentence below has one or two blanks, each blank
indicating that something has been omitted. Beneath
the sentence are five words or sets of words labeled A
through E. Choose the word or set of words that, when
inserted in the sentence, best fits the meaning of the
sentence as a whole.

30. In lines 4-5, the author refers to a “fashion maven’s” tone primarily in order to

31. With which of the following statements about his father would the narrator most likely agree?

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

32. Over the course of the passage, the main focus shifts from a

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

33. The main purpose of lines 1-10 (“Even . . . awaited me”) is to

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

34. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

35. It can reasonably be inferred from the passage that the main reason that the narrator considers Great Expectations to be the best gift he ever received is because

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

36. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

37. The narrator indicates that he pays Sempere

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

38. As used in line 44, “weight” most nearly means

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

39. The word “friend” is used twice in lines 57-58 to

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

40. Which statement best characterizes the relationship between Sempere and Charles Dickens?

Even then my only friends were made of paper

and ink. At school I had learned to read and write

long before the other children. Where my school

friends saw notches of ink on incomprehensible

pages, I saw light, streets, and people. Words and the

mystery of their hidden science fascinated me, and I

saw in them a key with which I could unlock a

boundless world, a safe haven from that home, those

streets, and those troubled days in which even I

could sense that only a limited fortune awaited me.

My father didn’t like to see books in the house.

There was something about them—apart from the

letters he could not decipher—that offended him.

He used to tell me that as soon as I was ten he would

send me off to work and that I’d better get rid of all

my scatterbrained ideas if I didn’t want to end up a

loser, a nobody. I used to hide my books under the

mattress and wait for him to go out or fall asleep so

that I could read. Once he caught me reading at night

and flew into a rage. He tore the book from my

hands and flung it out of the window.

“If I catch you wasting electricity again, reading

all this nonsense, you’ll be sorry.”

My father was not a miser and, despite the

hardships we suffered, whenever he could he gave me

a few coins so that I could buy myself some treats like

the other children. He was convinced that I spent

them on licorice sticks, sunflower seeds, or sweets,

but I would keep them in a coffee tin under the bed,

and when I’d collected four or five reales I’d secretly

rush out to buy myself a book.

My favorite place in the whole city was the

Sempere & Sons bookshop on Calle Santa Ana. It

smelled of old paper and dust and it was my

sanctuary, my refuge. The bookseller would let me sit

on a chair in a corner and read any book I liked to

my heart’s content. He hardly ever allowed me to pay

for the books he placed in my hands, but when he

wasn’t looking I’d leave the coins I’d managed to

collect on the counter before I left. It was only small

change—if I’d had to buy a book with that pittance, I

would probably have been able to afford only a

booklet of cigarette papers. When it was time for me

to leave, I would do so dragging my feet, a weight on

my soul. If it had been up to me, I would have stayed

there forever.

One Christmas Sempere gave me the best gift I

have ever received. It was an old volume, read and

experienced to the full.

“Great Expectations, by Charles Dickens,” I read

on the cover.

I was aware that Sempere knew a few authors who

frequented his establishment and, judging by the care

with which he handled the volume, I thought

perhaps this Mr. Dickens was one of them.

“A friend of yours?”

“A lifelong friend. And from now on, he’s your

friend too.”

That afternoon I took my new friend home,

hidden under my clothes so that my father wouldn’t

see it. It was a rainy winter, with days as gray as lead,

and I read Great Expectations about nine times,

partly because I had no other book at hand, partly

because I did not think there could be a better one in

the whole world and I was beginning to suspect that

Mr. Dickens had written it just for me. Soon I was

convinced that I didn’t want to do anything else in

life but learn to do what Mr. Dickens had done.

41. The passage primarily serves to

42. As used in line 21, “allows” most nearly means

43. As used in line 43, “strength” most nearly means

44. The passage indicates that a problem with failing to document null results is that

45. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

46. Based on the passage, to which of the following hypothetical situations would Malhotra most strongly object?

47. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

48. The last paragraph serves mainly to

49. According to the graph, social science studies yielding strong results were

50. Which of the following statements is supported by the graph?

51. Which statement from the passage is most directly reflected by the data presented in the graph?

52. In the first paragraph of Passage 1, the main purpose of Douglas’s discussion of the growth of the territory and population of the United States is to

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

53. What does Passage 1 suggest about the US government’s provisions for the institution of slavery, as framed in the Constitution?

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

54. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

55. As used in line 67, “element” most nearly means

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

56. Based on Passage 2, Lincoln would be most likely to agree with which claim about the controversy over slavery?

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

57. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

58. As used in line 84, “nature” most nearly means

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

59. Which choice identifies a central tension between the two passages?

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

60. Both passages discuss the issue of slavery in relationship to

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

61. In the context of each passage as a whole, the questions in lines 25-27 of Passage 1 and lines 67-69 of Passage 2 primarily function to help each speaker

Passage 1

Mr. Lincoln likens that bond of the Federal

Constitution, joining Free and Slave States together,

to a house divided against itself, and says that it is

contrary to the law of God, and cannot stand.

When did he learn, and by what authority does he

proclaim, that this Government is contrary to the law

of God and cannot stand? It has stood thus divided

into Free and Slave States from its organization up to

this day. During that period we have increased from

four millions to thirty millions of people; we have

extended our territory from the Mississippi to the

Pacific Ocean; we have acquired the Floridas and

Texas, and other territory sufficient to double our

geographical extent; we have increased in population,

in wealth, and in power beyond any example on

earth; we have risen from a weak and feeble power to

become the terror and admiration of the civilized

world; and all this has been done under a

Constitution which Mr. Lincoln, in substance, says is

in violation of the law of God; and under a Union

divided into Free and Slave States, which Mr. Lincoln

thinks, because of such division, cannot stand.

Surely, Mr. Lincoln is a wiser man than those who

framed the Government. . . .

I now come back to the question, why cannot this

Union exist forever, divided into Free and Slave

States, as our fathers made it? It can thus exist if each

State will carry out the principles upon which our

institutions were founded; to wit, the right of each

State to do as it pleases, without meddling with its

neighbors. Just act upon that great principle, and this

Union will not only live forever, but it will extend

and expand until it covers the whole continent, and

makes this confederacy one grand, ocean-bound

Republic. We must bear in mind that we are yet a

young nation, growing with a rapidity unequalled in

the history of the world, that our national increase is

great, and that the emigration from the old world is

increasing, requiring us to expand and acquire new

territory from time to time, in order to give our

people land to live upon. If we live upon the principle

of State rights and State sovereignty, each State

regulating its own affairs and minding its own

business, we can go on and extend indefinitely, just

as fast and as far as we need the territory. . . .

Passage 2

In complaining of what I said in my speech at

Springfield, in which he says I accepted my

nomination for the Senatorship . . . he again quotes

that portion in which I said that “a house divided

against itself cannot stand.” Let me say a word in

regard to that matter. He tries to persuade us that

there must be a variety in the different institutions of

the States of the Union; that that variety necessarily

proceeds from the variety of soil, climate, of the face

of the country, and the difference in the natural

features of the States. I agree to all that. Have these

very matters ever produced any difficulty among us?

Not at all. Have we ever had any quarrel over the fact

that they have laws in Louisiana designed to regulate

the commerce that springs from the production of

sugar? Or because we have a different class relative to

the production of flour in this State? Have they

produced any differences? Not at all. They are the

very cements of this Union. They don’t make the

house a “house divided against itself.” They are the

props that hold up the house and sustain the Union.

But has it been so with this element of slavery?

Have we not always had quarrels and difficulties over

it? And when will we cease to have quarrels over it?

Like causes produce like effects. It is worth while to

observe that we have generally had comparative

peace upon the slavery question, and that there has

been no cause for alarm until it was excited by the

effort to spread it into new territory. Whenever it has

been limited to its present bounds, and there has

been no effort to spread it, there has been peace. All

the trouble and convulsion has proceeded from

efforts to spread it over more territory. It was thus at

the date of the Missouri Compromise. It was so again

with the annexation of Texas; so with the territory

acquired by the Mexican War; and it is so now.

Whenever there has been an effort to spread it there

has been agitation and resistance. . . . Do you think

that the nature of man will be changed, that the same

causes that produced agitation at one time will not

have the same effect at another?

62. The primary purpose of the passage is to

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

63. Based on the passage, a significant advantage of the Venus flytrap’s requirement for multiple triggers is that it

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

64. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

65. The use of the phrases “dawdling insect” (line 6), “happily meanders” (line 27), and “unassuming bug’s encounter” (lines 28-29) in the first two paragraphs establishes a tone that is

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

66. In the second paragraph (lines 15-31), the discussion of short-term memory primarily functions to

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

67. According to the passage, which statement best explains why the Venus flytrap requires a second trigger hair to be touched within a short amount of time in order for its trap to close?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

68. Which choice describes a scenario in which Hodick and Sievers’s model predicts that a Venus flytrap will NOT close around an insect?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

69. As used in line 67, “demonstrated” most nearly means

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

70. Based on the passage, what potential criticism might be made of Volkov’s testing of Hodick and Sievers’s model?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

71. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

72. Based on the passage, in studying the Venus flytrap, Volkov and his colleagues made the most extensive use of which type of evidence?

The Venus flytrap [Dionaea muscipula] needs to

know when an ideal meal is crawling across its leaves.

Closing its trap requires a huge expense of energy,

and reopening the trap can take several hours, so

Dionaea only wants to spring closed when it’s sure

that the dawdling insect visiting its surface is large

enough to be worth its time. The large black hairs on

their lobes allow the Venus flytraps to literally feel

their prey, and they act as triggers that spring the

trap closed when the proper prey makes its way

across the trap. If the insect touches just one hair, the

trap will not spring shut; but a large enough bug will

likely touch two hairs within about twenty seconds,

and that signal springs the Venus flytrap into action.

We can look at this system as analogous to

short-term memory. First, the flytrap encodes the

information (forms the memory) that something (it

doesn’t know what) has touched one of its hairs.

Then it stores this information for a number of

seconds (retains the memory) and finally retrieves

this information (recalls the memory) once a second

hair is touched. If a small ant takes a while to get

from one hair to the next, the trap will have forgotten

the first touch by the time the ant brushes up against

the next hair. In other words, it loses the storage of

the information, doesn’t close, and the ant

happily meanders on. How does the plant encode

and store the information from the unassuming

bug’s encounter with the first hair? How does it

remember the first touch in order to react upon the

second?

Scientists have been puzzled by these questions

ever since John Burdon-Sanderson’s early report on

the physiology of the Venus flytrap in 1882. A

century later, Dieter Hodick and Andreas Sievers at

the University of Bonn in Germany proposed that

the flytrap stored information regarding how many

hairs have been touched in the electric charge of its

leaf. Their model is quite elegant in its simplicity.

In their studies, they discovered that touching a

trigger hair on the Venus flytrap causes an electric

action potential [a temporary reversal in the

electrical polarity of a cell membrane] that

induces calcium channels to open in the trap (this

coupling of action potentials and the opening of

calcium channels is similar to the processes that

occur during communication between human

neurons), thus causing a rapid increase in the

concentration of calcium ions.

They proposed that the trap requires a relatively

high concentration of calcium in order to close

and that a single action potential from just one

trigger hair being touched does not reach this level.

Therefore, a second hair needs to be stimulated to

push the calcium concentration over this threshold

and spring the trap. The encoding of the information

requires maintaining a high enough level of calcium

so that a second increase (triggered by touching the

second hair) pushes the total concentration of

calcium over the threshold. As the calcium ion

concentrations dissipate over time, if the second

touch and potential don’t happen quickly, the final

concentration after the second trigger won’t be high

enough to close the trap, and the memory is lost.

Subsequent research supports this model.

Alexander Volkov and his colleagues at Oakwood

University in Alabama first demonstrated that it is

indeed electricity that causes the Venus flytrap to

close. To test the model they rigged up very fine

electrodes and applied an electrical current to the

open lobes of the trap. This made the trap close

without any direct touch to its trigger hairs (while

they didn’t measure calcium levels, the current

likely led to increases). When they modified this

experiment by altering the amount of electrical

current, Volkov could determine the exact electrical

charge needed for the trap to close. As long as

fourteen microcoulombs—a tiny bit more than the

static electricity generated by rubbing two balloons

together—flowed between the two electrodes, the

trap closed. This could come as one large burst or as

a series of smaller charges within twenty seconds. If it

took longer than twenty seconds to accumulate the

total charge, the trap would remain open.

73. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

74. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

75. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

76. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

77. The writer wants to include information from the graph that is consistent with the description of compost in the passage. Which choice most effectively accomplishes this goal?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

78. The writer wants to support the paragraph’s main idea with accurate, relevant information from the graph. Which choice most effectively accomplishes this goal?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

79. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

80. Which choice best maintains the style and tone of the passage?

Compost: Don’t Waste This Waste

Over the past generation, people in many parts of the

United States have become accustomed to dividing their

household waste products into different categories for

recycling. 1 Regardless, paper may go in one container,

glass and aluminum in another, regular garbage in a

third. Recently, some US cities have added a new

category: compost, organic matter such as food scraps

and yard debris. Like paper or glass recycling,

composting demands a certain amount of effort from the

public in order to be successful. But the inconveniences

of composting are far outweighed by its benefits.

Most people think of banana peels, eggshells, and

dead leaves as “waste,” but compost is actually a valuable

resource with multiple practical uses. When utilized as a

garden fertilizer, compost provides nutrients to soil and

improves plant growth while deterring or killing pests

and preventing some plant diseases. It also enhances soil

texture, encouraging healthy roots and minimizing or

2 annihilating the need for chemical fertilizers. Better

than soil at holding moisture, compost minimizes water

waste and storm runoff, 3 it increases savings on

watering costs, and helps reduce erosion on

embankments near bodies of water. In large

4 quantities, which one would expect to see when it is

collected for an entire municipality), compost can be

converted into a natural gas that can be used as fuel for

transportation or heating and cooling systems.

In spite of all compost’s potential uses, however,

most of this so-called waste is wasted. According to the

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), over

5 13 million tons of metal ended up in US landfills in

2009, along with over 13 million tons of yard debris.

Remarkably, 6 less glass was discarded in landfills in

that year than any other substance, including plastics or

paper. Even 7 worse, then the squandering of this

useful resource is the fact that compost in landfills cannot

break down due to the lack of necessary air and moisture.

8 contribute to the release of methane, a very

9 potent greenhouse gas.

10 While composting can sometimes lead to

accidental pollution through the release of methane gas,

cities such as San Francisco and Seattle have instituted

mandatory composting laws requiring individuals and

businesses to use separate bins for compostable waste.

This strict approach may not work everywhere. However,

given the clear benefits of composting and the

environmental costs of not composting, all municipalities

should encourage their residents either to create their

own compost piles for use in backyard gardens 11 or to

dispose of compostable materials in bins for collection.

81. Woolf indicates that the procession she describes in the passag

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

82. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

83. Woolf characterizes the questions in lines 53-57 (“For we... men”) as both

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

84. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

85. Which choice most closely captures the meaning of the figurative “sixpence” referred to in lines 70 and 71?

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

86. The range of places and occasions listed in lines 72-76 (“Let us... funerals”) mainly serves to emphasize how

Close at hand is a bridge over the River Thames, an admirable vantage ground for us to make a survey. The river flows beneath; barges pass, laden

Line  with timber, bursting with corn; there on one side are

5  the domes and spires of the city; on the other, Westminster and the Houses of Parliament. It is a place to stand on by the hour, dreaming. But not now. Now we are pressed for time. Now we are here to consider facts; now we must fix our eyes upon the

10  procession—the procession of the sons of educated men.

There they go, our brothers who have been educated at public schools and universities, mounting those steps, passing in and out of those

15  doors, ascending those pulpits, preaching, teaching, administering justice, practising medicine, transacting business, making money. It is a solemn sight always—a procession, like a caravanserai crossing a desert.... But now, for the past twenty

20  years or so, it is no longer a sight merely, a photograph, or fresco scrawled upon the walls of time, at which we can look with merely an esthetic appreciation. For there, trapesing along at the tail end of the procession, we go ourselves. And that

25 makes a difference. We who have looked so long at the pageant in books, or from a curtained window watched educated men leaving the house at about nine-thirty to go to an office, returning to the house at about six-thirty from an office, need look passively

30  no longer. We too can leave the house, can mount those steps, pass in and out of those doors,... make money, administer justice.... We who now agitate these humble pens may in another century or two speak from a pulpit. Nobody will dare contradict us

35  then; we shall be the mouthpieces of the divine spirit—a solemn thought, is it not? Who can say whether, as time goes on, we may not dress in military uniform, with gold lace on our breasts, swords at our sides, and something like the old

40  family coal-scuttle on our heads, save that that venerable object was never decorated with plumes of white horsehair. You laugh—indeed the shadow of the private house still makes those dresses look a little queer. We have worn private clothes so

45  long.... But we have not come here to laugh, or to

talk of fashions—men’s and women’s. We are here, on the bridge, to ask ourselves certain questions.

And they are very important questions; and we have very little time in which to answer them. The

50  questions that we have to ask and to answer about that procession during this moment of transition are so important that they may well change the lives of all men and women for ever. For we have to ask ourselves, here and now, do we wish to join that

55  procession, or don’t we? On what terms shall we join that procession? Above all, where is it leading us, the procession of educated men? The moment is short; it may last five years; ten years, or perhaps only a matter of a few months longer.... But, you will

60  object, you have no time to think; you have your battles to fight, your rent to pay, your bazaars to organize. That excuse shall not serve you, Madam. As you know from your own experience, and there are facts that prove it, the daughters of educated men

65  have always done their thinking from hand to mouth; not under green lamps at study tables in the cloisters of secluded colleges. They have thought while they stirred the pot, while they rocked the cradle. It was thus that they won us the right to our

70  brand-new sixpence. It falls to us now to go on thinking; how are we to spend that sixpence? Think we must. Let us think in offices; in omnibuses; while we are standing in the crowd watching Coronations and Lord Mayor’s Shows; let us think... in the

75  gallery of the House of Commons; in the Law Courts; let us think at baptisms and marriages and funerals. Let us never cease from thinking—what is this “civilization” in which we find ourselves? What are these ceremonies and why should we take part in

80  them? What are these professions and why should we make money out of them? Where in short is it leading us, the procession of the sons of educated men?

 

87. In lines 9-17, the author of Passage 1 mentions several companies primarily to

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

88. The author of Passage 1 indicates that space mining could have which positive effect?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

89. 4 Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

90. As used in line 19, “demands” most nearly means

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

91. What function does the discussion of water in lines 35-40 serve in Passage 1?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

92. The central claim of Passage 2 is that space mining has positive potential but

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

93. As used in line 68, “hold” most nearly means

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

94. Which statement best describes the relationship between the passages?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

95. The author of Passage 2 would most likely respond to the discussion of the future of space mining in lines 18-28, Passage 1, by claiming that such a future

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

96. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

97. Which point about the resources that will be highly valued in space is implicit in Passage 1 and explicit in Passage 2?

Follow the money and you will end up in space. That’s the message from a first-of-its-kind forum on mining beyond Earth.

Convened in Sydney by the Australian Centre for

5 Space Engineering Research, the event brought together mining companies, robotics experts, lunar scientists, and government agencies that are all working to make space mining a reality.

The forum comes hot on the heels of the

10  2012 unveiling of two private asteroid-mining firms. Planetary Resources of Washington says it will launch its first prospecting telescopes in two years, while Deep Space Industries of Virginia hopes to be harvesting metals from asteroids by 2020. Another

15  commercial venture that sprung up in 2012, Golden Spike of Colorado, will be offering trips to the moon, including to potential lunar miners.

Within a few decades, these firms may be

meeting earthly demands for precious metals, such as

20  platinum and gold, and the rare earth elements vital for personal electronics, such as yttrium and lanthanum. But like the gold rush pioneers who transformed the western United States, the first space miners won’t just enrich themselves. They also hope

25  to build an off-planet economy free of any bonds with Earth, in which the materials extracted and processed from the moon and asteroids are delivered for space-based projects.

In this scenario, water mined from other

30  worlds could become the most desired commodity. “In the desert, what’s worth more: a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of water?” asks Kris Zacny of HoneyBee Robotics in New York. “Gold is useless. Water will let you live.”

35            Water ice from the moon’s poles could be sent to astronauts on the International Space Station for drinking or as a radiation shield. Splitting water into oxygen and hydrogen makes spacecraft fuel, so

ice-rich asteroids could become interplanetary

40 refuelling stations

Companies are eyeing the iron, silicon, and aluminium in lunar soil and asteroids, which could be used in 3D printers to make spare parts or machinery. Others want to turn space dirt into

45  concrete for landing pads, shelters, and roads.

Passage 2

The motivation for deep-space travel is shifting from discovery to economics. The past year has seen a flurry of proposals aimed at bringing celestial riches down to Earth. No doubt this will make a few

50 billionaires even wealthier, but we all stand to gain:

the mineral bounty and spin-off technologies could enrich us all.

But before the miners start firing up their rockets, we should pause for thought. At first glance, space

55  mining seems to sidestep most environmental concerns: there is (probably!) no life on asteroids, and thus no habitats to trash. But its consequences

—both here on Earth and in space—merit careful consideration.

60            Part of this is about principles. Some will argue that space’s “magnificent desolation” is not ours to despoil, just as they argue that our own planet’s poles should remain pristine. Others will suggest that glutting ourselves on space’s riches is not an

65  acceptable alternative to developing more sustainable ways of earthly life.

History suggests that those will be hard lines to hold, and it may be difficult to persuade the public that such barren environments are worth preserving.

70  After all, they exist in vast abundance, and even fewer people will experience them than have walked through Antarctica’s icy landscapes.

There’s also the emerging off-world economy to consider. The resources that are valuable in orbit and

75  beyond may be very different to those we prize on Earth. Questions of their stewardship have barely been broached—and the relevant legal and regulatory framework is fragmentary, to put it mildly.

Space miners, like their earthly counterparts, are

80  often reluctant to engage with such questions.

One speaker at last week’s space-mining forum in Sydney, Australia, concluded with a plea that regulation should be avoided. But miners have much to gain from a broad agreement on the for-profit

85 exploitation of space. Without consensus, claims will be disputed, investments risky, and the gains made insecure. It is in all of our long-term interests to seek one out.

 

98. Which choice best describes a major theme of the passage?

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

99. As compared with Silas’s gold, Eppie is portrayed as having more

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

100. Which statement best describes a technique the narrator uses to represent Silas’s character before he adopted Eppie?

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

101. The narrator uses the phrase “making trial of everything” (line 7) to present Eppie as

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

102. According to the narrator, one consequence of Silas adopting Eppie is that he

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

103. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

104. What function does the second paragraph (lines 30-52) serve in the passage as a whole?

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

105. In describing the relationship between Eppie and Silas, the narrator draws a connection between Eppie’s

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

106. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

107. As used in line 65, “fine” most nearly means

Unlike the gold which needed nothing, and must be worshipped in close-locked solitude—which was hidden away from the daylight, was deaf to the song

Line  of birds, and started to no human tones—Eppie was a

5 creature of endless claims and ever-growing desires, seeking and loving sunshine, and living sounds, and living movements; making trial of everything, with trust in new joy, and stirring the human kindness in all eyes that looked on her. The gold had kept his

10  thoughts in an ever-repeated circle, leading to nothing beyond itself; but Eppie was an object compacted of changes and hopes that forced his thoughts onward, and carried them far away from their old eager pacing towards the same blank

15  limit—carried them away to the new things that would come with the coming years, when Eppie would have learned to understand how her father Silas cared for her; and made him look for images of that time in the ties and charities that bound together

20  the families of his neighbors. The gold had asked that

he should sit weaving longer and longer, deafened and blinded more and more to all things except the monotony of his loom and the repetition of his web; but Eppie called him away from his weaving, and

25  made him think all its pauses a holiday, reawakening his senses with her fresh life, even to the old

winter-flies that came crawling forth in the early spring sunshine, and warming him into joy because she had joy.

30            And when the sunshine grew strong and lasting, so that the buttercups were thick in the meadows, Silas might be seen in the sunny mid-day, or in the late afternoon when the shadows were lengthening under the hedgerows, strolling out with uncovered

35  head to carry Eppie beyond the Stone-pits to where the flowers grew, till they reached some favorite bank where he could sit down, while Eppie toddled to pluck the flowers, and make remarks to the winged things that murmured happily above the bright

40 petals, calling “Dad-dad’s” attention continually by bringing him the flowers. Then she would turn her ear to some sudden bird-note, and Silas learned to please her by making signs of hushed stillness, that they might listen for the note to come again: so that

45  when it came, she set up her small back and laughed with gurgling triumph. Sitting on the banks in this way, Silas began to look for the once familiar herbs again; and as the leaves, with their unchanged outline and markings, lay on his palm, there was a sense of

50  crowding remembrances from which he turned away timidly, taking refuge in Eppie’s little world, that lay lightly on his enfeebled spirit.

As the child’s mind was growing into knowledge, his mind was growing into memory: as her life

55  unfolded, his soul, long stupefied in a cold narrow prison, was unfolding too, and trembling gradually into full consciousness.

It was an influence which must gather force with every new year: the tones that stirred Silas’ heart

60  grew articulate, and called for more distinct answers; shapes and sounds grew clearer for Eppie’s eyes and ears, and there was more that “Dad-dad” was imperatively required to notice and account for.

Also, by the time Eppie was three years old, she

65 developed a fine capacity for mischief, and for devising ingenious ways of being troublesome, which found much exercise, not only for Silas’ patience, but for his watchfulness and penetration. Sorely was poor Silas puzzled on such occasions by the incompatible

70 demands of love.

 

108. The main purpose of the passage is to

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

109. The author includes the quotation “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing” (lines 17-18) to

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

110. What can reasonably be inferred about the reason Usherwood used northern bald ibises as the subjects of his study?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

111. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

112. What is the most likely reason the author includes the 30 cm measurement in line 30?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

113. What does the author imply about pelicans, storks, and geese flying in a V formation?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

114. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

115. What is a main idea of the seventh paragraph (lines 62-73)?

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

116. The author uses the phrase “aerodynamic sweet spot” in line 63 most likely to

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

117. As used in line 72, “ripple” most nearly means

Anyone watching the autumn sky knows that migrating birds fly in a V formation, but scientists have long debated why. A new study of ibises finds

Line  that these big-winged birds carefully position their

5  wingtips and sync their flapping, presumably to catch the preceding bird’s updraft—and save energy  during flight.

There are two reasons birds might fly in a

V formation: It may make flight easier, or they’re

10 simply following the leader. Squadrons of planes can

save fuel by flying in a V formation, and many scientists suspect that migrating birds do the same. Models that treated flapping birds like fixed-wing airplanes estimate that they save energy by drafting

15  off each other, but currents created by airplanes are far more stable than the oscillating eddies coming off of a bird. “Air gets pretty unpredictable behind a flapping wing,” says James Usherwood, a locomotor biomechanist at the Royal Veterinary College at the

20  University of London in Hatfield, where the research took place.

The study, published in Nature, took advantage of an existing project to reintroduce endangered northern bald ibises (Geronticus eremita) to Europe.

25  Scientists used a microlight plane to show

hand-raised birds their ancestral migration route from Austria to Italy. A flock of 14 juveniles carried data loggers specially built by Usherwood and his lab. The device’s GPS determined each bird’s flight

30  position to within 30 cm, and an accelerometer showed the timing of the wing flaps.

Just as aerodynamic estimates would predict, the birds positioned themselves to fly just behind and to the side of the bird in front, timing their wing beats

35  to catch the uplifting eddies. When a bird flew directly behind another, the timing of the flapping reversed so that it could minimize the effects of the downdraft coming off the back of the bird’s body. “We didn’t think this was possible,” Usherwood

40  says, considering that the feat requires careful flight and incredible awareness of one’s neighbors.

“Perhaps these big V formation birds can be thought of quite like an airplane with wings that go up and down.”

45            The findings likely apply to other long-winged birds, such as pelicans, storks, and geese, Usherwood says. Smaller birds create more complex wakes that would make drafting too difficult. The researchers did not attempt to calculate the bird’s energy savings

50 because the necessary physiological measurements would be too invasive for an endangered species. Previous studies estimate that birds can use

20 percent to 30 percent less energy while flying in a V.

55            “From a behavioral perspective it’s really a breakthrough,” says David Lentink, a mechanical engineer at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California, who was not involved in the work. “Showing that birds care about syncing their wing

60  beats is definitely an important insight that we didn’t have before.”

Scientists do not know how the birds find

that aerodynamic sweet spot, but they suspect that the animals align themselves either by sight or

65  by sensing air currents through their feathers.

Alternatively, they may move around until they find the location with the least resistance. In future studies, the researchers will switch to more common birds, such as pigeons or geese. They plan to

70  investigate how the animals decide who sets the course and the pace, and whether a mistake made by the leader can ripple through the rest of the flock to cause traffic jams.

“It’s a pretty impressive piece of work as it is, but

75 it does suggest that there’s a lot more to learn,” says Ty Hedrick, a biologist at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, who studies flight

aerodynamics in birds and insects. However they do it, he says, “birds are awfully good hang-glider

80 pilots.”

118. As used in line 9, “raise” most nearly means

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

119. In Passage 1, Tocqueville implies that treatment of men and women as identical in nature would have which consequence?

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

120. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

121. As used in line 53, “dominion” most nearly means

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

122. In Passage 2, Mill most strongly suggests that gender roles are resistant to change because they

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

123. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

124. Both authors would most likely agree that the changes in gender roles that they describe would be

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

125. Tocqueville in Passage 1 would most likely characterize the position taken by Mill in lines 65-69 in Passage 2 (“Let... them”) as

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

126.Which choice best describes the ways that the two authors conceive of the individual’s proper position in society?

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

127. Based on Passage 2, Mill would most likely say that the application of the “great principle of political economy to gender roles has which effect?

I have shown how democracy destroys or modifies the different inequalities which originate in society; but is this all? or does it not ultimately affect

Line  that great inequality of man and woman which has

5  seemed, up to the present day, to be eternally based in human nature? I believe that the social changes which bring nearer to the same level the father and son, the master and servant, and superiors and inferiors generally speaking, will raise woman and

10  make her more and more the equal of man. But here, more than ever, I feel the necessity of making myself clearly understood; for there is no subject on which the coarse and lawless fancies of our age have taken a freer range.

15            There are people in Europe who, confounding together the different characteristics of the sexes, would make of man and woman beings not only equal but alike. They would give to both the same functions, impose on both the same duties, and grant

20  to both the same rights; they would mix them in all things—their occupations, their pleasures, their business. It may readily be conceived, that by thus attempting to make one sex equal to the other, both are degraded; and from so preposterous a medley of

25  the works of nature nothing could ever result but weak men and disorderly women.

It is not thus that the Americans understand that species of democratic equality which may be established between the sexes. They admit, that as

30  nature has appointed such wide differences between the physical and moral constitution of man and woman, her manifest design was to give a distinct employment to their various faculties; and they hold

that improvement does not consist in making beings 35  so dissimilar do pretty nearly the same things, but in getting each of them to fulfill their respective tasks in

the best possible manner. The Americans have applied to the sexes the great principle of political economy which governs the manufactures of our age,

40  by carefully dividing the duties of man from those of woman, in order that the great work of society may be the better carried on.

Passage 2

As society was constituted until the last few generations, inequality was its very basis; association

45  grounded on equal rights scarcely existed; to be equals was to be enemies; two persons could hardly coöperate in anything, or meet in any amicable relation, without the law’s appointing that one of them should be the superior of the other.

50  Mankind have outgrown this state, and all things now tend to substitute, as the general principle of human relations, a just equality, instead of the dominion of the strongest. But of all relations, that between men and women, being the nearest and

55  most intimate, and connected with the greatest number of strong emotions, was sure to be the last to throw off the old rule, and receive the new; for,

in proportion to the strength of a feeling is the tenacity with which it clings to the forms and

60 circumstances with which it has even accidentally become associated....

. . . The proper sphere for all human beings is the largest and highest which they are able to attain to. What this is, cannot be ascertained without complete

65 liberty of choice.... Let every occupation be open to all, without favor or discouragement to any, and employments will fall into the hands of those men or women who are found by experience to be most capable of worthily exercising them. There need be

70  no fear that women will take out of the hands of men any occupation which men perform better than they. Each individual will prove his or her capacities, in the only way in which capacities can be proved,—by trial; and the world will have the benefit of the best

75  faculties of all its inhabitants. But to interfere beforehand by an arbitrary limit, and declare that whatever be the genius, talent, energy, or force of

mind, of an individual of a certain sex or class, those faculties shall not be exerted, or shall be exerted only

80  in some few of the many modes in which others are permitted to use theirs, is not only an injustice to the individual, and a detriment to society, which loses what it can ill spare, but is also the most effectual way of providing that, in the sex or class so fettered, the

85  qualities which are not permitted to be exercised shall not exist

128. Over the course of the passage, the main focus shifts from

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

129. The main purpose of the analogy of the ping-pong ball (line 40) is to

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

130.The author most strongly suggests that the reason the scientific community initially rejected Higgs’s idea was that the idea

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

131. Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

132.The author notes that one reason Higgs’s theory gained acceptance was that it

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

133.Which choice provides the best evidence for the answer to the previous question?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

134. Which statement best describes the technique the author uses to advance the main point of the last paragraph?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

135. As used in line 77, “established” most nearly means

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

136. What purpose does the graph serve in relation to the passage as a whole?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

137. Which statement is best supported by the data presented in the graph?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

138. Based on the graph, the author’s depiction of Higgs’s theory in the mid-1980s is most analogous to which hypothetical situation?

Nearly a half-century ago, Peter Higgs and a handful of other physicists were trying to understand the origin of a basic physical feature: mass. You can

Line  think of mass as an object’s heft or, a little more

5 precisely, as the resistance it offers to having its motion changed. Push on a freight train (or a feather) to increase its speed, and the resistance you feel reflects its mass. At a microscopic level, the freight train’s mass comes from its constituent

10  molecules and atoms, which are themselves built from fundamental particles, electrons and quarks. But where do the masses of these and other fundamental particles come from?

When physicists in the 1960s modeled the

feel this drag force as a resistance. Justifiably, you would interpret the resistance as the particle’s mass.

40  For a mental toehold, think of a ping-pong ball submerged in water. When you push on the

ping-pong ball, it will feel much more massive than it does outside of water. Its interaction with the watery environment has the effect of endowing it with mass.

45 So with particles submerged in the Higgs field.

In 1964, Higgs submitted a paper to a prominent physics journal in which he formulated this idea mathematically. The paper was rejected. Not because it contained a technical error, but because the

50  premise of an invisible something permeating space, interacting with particles to provide their mass, well, it all just seemed like heaps of overwrought speculation. The editors of the journal deemed it “of no obvious relevance to physics.”

55            But Higgs persevered (and his revised paper appeared later that year in another journal), and physicists who took the time to study the proposal gradually realized that his idea was a stroke of genius, one that allowed them to have their cake and eat it


15  behavior of these particles using equations rooted in quantum physics, they encountered a puzzle. If they imagined that the particles were all massless, then each term in the equations clicked into a perfectly symmetric pattern, like the tips of a perfect

20  snowflake. And this symmetry was not just mathematically elegant. It explained patterns evident in the experimental data. But—and here’s the puzzle—physicists knew that the particles did have mass, and when they modified the equations to

25  account for this fact, the mathematical harmony was spoiled. The equations became complex and unwieldy and, worse still, inconsistent.

What to do? Here’s the idea put forward by Higgs. Don’t shove the particles’ masses down the throat of

30  the beautiful equations. Instead, keep the equations pristine and symmetric, but consider them operating within a peculiar environment. Imagine that all of space is uniformly filled with an invisible substance—now called the Higgs field—that exerts a

35  drag force on particles when they accelerate through it. Push on a fundamental particle in an effort to increase its speed and, according to Higgs, you would


60  too. In Higgs’s scheme, the fundamental equations

can retain their pristine form because the dirty work of providing the particles’ masses is relegated to the environment.

While I wasn’t around to witness the initial

65 rejection of Higgs’s proposal in 1964 (well, I was around, but only barely), I can attest that by the mid-1980s, the assessment had changed. The physics community had, for the most part, fully bought into the idea that there was a Higgs field permeating

70  space. In fact, in a graduate course I took that covered what’s known as the Standard Model of Particle Physics (the quantum equations physicists have assembled to describe the particles of matter and the dominant forces by which they influence

75  each other), the professor presented the Higgs field with such certainty that for a long while I had no idea it had yet to be established experimentally.

On occasion, that happens in physics. Mathematical equations can sometimes tell such a convincing tale,

80  they can seemingly radiate reality so strongly, that they become entrenched in the vernacular of working physicists, even before there’s data to confirm them.

139. New practices too, and technologies are transforming the twenty-first-century workplace at lightning speed. To perform their jobs successfully in this dynamic environment, workers in many

Q.140 fields—from social services to manufacturing, must continually acquire relevant knowledge and update key skills. This practice of continued education, also known as professional development, benefits not only employees but also their employers.

Q.141 Accordingly, meaningful professional development is a shared responsibility: it is the responsibility of employers to provide useful programs, and it is also the responsibility of employees to take advantage of the opportunities offered to them.
Critics of employer-provided professional development argue that employees

142. Which choice best establishes the argument that follows?

might consider a popular career path. If employees find themselves falling behind in the workplace, these critics

143. contend. Then it is the duty of those employees to identify, and even pay for, appropriate resources to

Q144. show them how and why they are falling behind and what they should do about it. This argument ignores research pointing to high employee turnover and training of new staff as significant costs plaguing employers in many fields. Forward-thinking employers recognize the importance of investing in the employees they have rather than hiring new staff when the skills of current workers

Q.145 get old and worn out. The most common forms of professional development provided to employees

146.includes coaching, mentoring, technical assistance, and workshops. Some employers utilize several approaches simultaneously, developing a framework that suits the particular needs of their employees.

147. Around the same time, the figure illustrates a simple yet comprehensive professional-development model created for special education personnel. As the figure suggests,

Add description here!

148.Which choice makes the writer’s description of the figure most accurate?

149. identify, which employees have successfully completed instructional modules and which need to be offered additional training. For employees, online professional development provides the opportunity to receive instruction at their own pace and interact with other professionals online. This exciting trend has the potential to make the shared responsibility of professional development less burdensome for both employers and employees.

150.specifically, those who prized regional foods and Italy’s convivial culture built on cooking and long meals feared that the restaurant signaled the death of a way of life. To counter the rise of fast food and fast

151. Should the writer make this addition here?

152.had opposed the standardization of taste that fast food chains promote. For example, a McDonald’s hamburger made in Boston tastes more or less the same as one made in Beijing. This consistency is made possible by industrial mass production. Slow Food supporters, by contrast, back methods of growing and preparing food based on regional culinary traditions. When produced using traditional methods, goat cheese made in France tastes different from goat cheese made in Vermont. A goat ingests the vegetation particular to the meadow in which it grazes, which, along with other environmental

153. factors such as altitude and weather shapes the cheese’s taste and texture. If all foods were produced under the industrial model,

154. Which choice most effectively supports the central point of the paragraph?

we would have meals that are not very flavorful.


Warning: Undefined array key "correct_answer_logic" in /home/kaling/public_html/kalingaplus/wp-content/plugins/quiz-master-next/php/classes/class-qmn-quiz-manager.php on line 451
clock.png

Time's up

[email protected] Drop Us a Line
+91-9907252100 Call Us Now
Kalinga University Kotni Naya Raipur– 492101 Get Direction
Copyright 2020 Kalinga University, All rights reserved.
en English
bn Bengalizh-CN Chinese (Simplified)en Englishfr Frenchde Germanhi Hindija Japanesekn Kannadala Latinmr Marathine Nepalies Spanishta Tamilte Telugu
  • →
  • Free Counseling!

  • WhatsApp